Sema.h revision 958ba64dabe674660130d914abfd13ffeca4151d
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52 53namespace llvm { 54 class APSInt; 55 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 56 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 57 class SmallBitVector; 58} 59 60namespace clang { 61 class ADLResult; 62 class ASTConsumer; 63 class ASTContext; 64 class ASTMutationListener; 65 class ASTReader; 66 class ASTWriter; 67 class ArrayType; 68 class AttributeList; 69 class BlockDecl; 70 class CapturedDecl; 71 class CXXBasePath; 72 class CXXBasePaths; 73 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 74 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 75 class CXXConstructorDecl; 76 class CXXConversionDecl; 77 class CXXDestructorDecl; 78 class CXXFieldCollector; 79 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 80 class CXXMethodDecl; 81 class CXXScopeSpec; 82 class CXXTemporary; 83 class CXXTryStmt; 84 class CallExpr; 85 class ClassTemplateDecl; 86 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 87 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 88 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 89 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 90 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 91 class CodeCompletionResult; 92 class Decl; 93 class DeclAccessPair; 94 class DeclContext; 95 class DeclRefExpr; 96 class DeclaratorDecl; 97 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 98 class DependentDiagnostic; 99 class DesignatedInitExpr; 100 class Designation; 101 class EnumConstantDecl; 102 class Expr; 103 class ExtVectorType; 104 class ExternalSemaSource; 105 class FormatAttr; 106 class FriendDecl; 107 class FunctionDecl; 108 class FunctionProtoType; 109 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 110 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 111 class InitListExpr; 112 class InitializationKind; 113 class InitializationSequence; 114 class InitializedEntity; 115 class IntegerLiteral; 116 class LabelStmt; 117 class LambdaExpr; 118 class LangOptions; 119 class LocalInstantiationScope; 120 class LookupResult; 121 class MacroInfo; 122 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 123 class NamedDecl; 124 class NonNullAttr; 125 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 126 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 127 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 128 class ObjCContainerDecl; 129 class ObjCImplDecl; 130 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 131 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 132 class ObjCIvarDecl; 133 template <class T> class ObjCList; 134 class ObjCMessageExpr; 135 class ObjCMethodDecl; 136 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 137 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 138 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 139 class OverloadCandidateSet; 140 class OverloadExpr; 141 class ParenListExpr; 142 class ParmVarDecl; 143 class Preprocessor; 144 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 145 class PseudoObjectExpr; 146 class QualType; 147 class StandardConversionSequence; 148 class Stmt; 149 class StringLiteral; 150 class SwitchStmt; 151 class TargetAttributesSema; 152 class TemplateArgument; 153 class TemplateArgumentList; 154 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 155 class TemplateDecl; 156 class TemplateParameterList; 157 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 158 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 159 class Token; 160 class TypeAliasDecl; 161 class TypedefDecl; 162 class TypedefNameDecl; 163 class TypeLoc; 164 class UnqualifiedId; 165 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 166 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 167 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 168 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 169 class UsingDecl; 170 class UsingShadowDecl; 171 class ValueDecl; 172 class VarDecl; 173 class VisibilityAttr; 174 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 175 class IndirectFieldDecl; 176 177namespace sema { 178 class AccessedEntity; 179 class BlockScopeInfo; 180 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 181 class CapturingScopeInfo; 182 class CompoundScopeInfo; 183 class DelayedDiagnostic; 184 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 185 class FunctionScopeInfo; 186 class LambdaScopeInfo; 187 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 188 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 189} 190 191// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 192// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 193typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 194 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 195 196/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 197class Sema { 198 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 199 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 201 202 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 203 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 204 205 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 206 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 207 208 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 209 210 static bool 211 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 212 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 213 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 214 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 215 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 216 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 217 // with internal linkage. 218 return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage(); 219 } 220 221public: 222 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 223 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 225 226 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 227 FPOptions FPFeatures; 228 229 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 230 Preprocessor &PP; 231 ASTContext &Context; 232 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 233 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 234 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 235 236 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 237 bool CollectStats; 238 239 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 240 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 241 242 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 243 DeclContext *CurContext; 244 245 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 246 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 247 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 248 249 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 250 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 251 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 252 253 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 254 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 255 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 256 257 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 258 259 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 260 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 261 262 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 263 /// 264 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 265 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 266 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 267 268 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 269 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 270 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 271 272 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 273 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 274 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 275 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 276 277 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 278 279 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 280 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 281 /// 282 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 283 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 284 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 285 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 286 287 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 288 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 289 ExtVectorDeclsType; 290 291 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 292 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 293 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 294 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 295 296 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 297 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 298 299 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 300 301 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 302 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 303 304 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 305 306 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 307 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 308 /// same list more than once. 309 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 310 311 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 312 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 313 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 314 315 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 316 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 317 /// 318 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 319 /// scopes, e.g., 320 /// 321 /// \code 322 /// extern "C" void f() { 323 /// void foo(int, int); 324 /// } 325 /// \endcode 326 /// 327 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 328 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 329 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 330 /// 331 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 332 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 333 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 334 /// for compatibility. 335 /// 336 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 337 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 338 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 339 /// not visible. 340 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 341 342 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 343 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 344 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 345 346 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 348 TentativeDefinitionsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 351 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 352 353 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 354 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 355 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 356 357 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 358 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 359 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 360 361 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 362 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 363 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 364 365 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 366 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 367 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 368 369 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 370 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 371 /// exception spec. 372 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 373 374 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 375 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 376 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 377 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 378 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 379 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 380 381 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 382 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 383 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 384 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 385 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 386 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 387 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 388 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 389 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 390 391 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 392 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 393 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 394 void *OpaqueParser; 395 396 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 397 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 398 OpaqueParser = P; 399 } 400 401 class DelayedDiagnostics; 402 403 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 404 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 405 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 406 }; 407 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 409 410 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 411 /// during parsing and other processing. 412 class DelayedDiagnostics { 413 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 414 /// diagnostics should go. 415 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 416 417 public: 418 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 419 420 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 421 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 422 423 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 424 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 425 426 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 427 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 428 return CurPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 432 /// collected in this pool. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = &pool; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 441 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 442 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 443 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 444 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 445 } 446 447 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 448 /// not delayed. 449 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 451 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 452 CurPool = 0; 453 return state; 454 } 455 456 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 457 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 458 assert(CurPool == NULL); 459 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 460 } 461 } DelayedDiagnostics; 462 463 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 464 class ContextRAII { 465 private: 466 Sema &S; 467 DeclContext *SavedContext; 468 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 469 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 471 public: 472 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 473 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 474 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 475 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 476 { 477 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 478 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 479 } 480 481 void pop() { 482 if (!SavedContext) return; 483 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 484 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 485 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 486 SavedContext = 0; 487 } 488 489 ~ContextRAII() { 490 pop(); 491 } 492 }; 493 494 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 495 /// a function body. 496 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 497 Sema &S; 498 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 499 500 public: 501 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 502 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 503 { 504 S.PushFunctionScope(); 505 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 506 } 507 508 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 509 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 510 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 511 } 512 }; 513 514 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 515 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 516 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 517 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 518 519 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 521 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 522 /// in the currently selected standard. 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 526 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 527 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 528 529 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 530 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 531 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 532 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 533 /// It would be best to refactor this. 534 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 535 536 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 537 538 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 539 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 540 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 541 Scope *TUScope; 542 543 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 544 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 545 546 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 547 /// standard library. 548 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 551 /// \<initializer_list>. 552 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 555 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 556 557 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 558 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 559 560 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 561 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 567 QualType NSNumberPointer; 568 569 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 570 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 573 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 574 575 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 576 QualType NSStringPointer; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 579 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 580 581 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 594 QualType QIDNSCopying; 595 596 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 597 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 598 599 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 600 /// have been declared. 601 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 602 603 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 604 /// references to fields. This is really a 605 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 606 607 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 608 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 609 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 610 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 611 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 612 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 613 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 614 /// run time. 615 Unevaluated, 616 617 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 618 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 619 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 620 UnevaluatedAbstract, 621 622 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 623 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 624 /// cases in a switch statment). 625 ConstantEvaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 628 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 629 /// expression at run time. 630 PotentiallyEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 633 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 634 /// in fact the current expression is used. 635 /// 636 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 637 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 638 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 639 /// until the default argument is used. 640 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 641 }; 642 643 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 644 /// expression evaluation contexts. 645 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 646 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 647 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 648 649 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 651 652 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 653 bool IsDecltype; 654 655 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 656 /// this expression evaluation context. 657 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 658 659 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 660 661 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 662 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 663 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 664 665 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 666 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 667 /// default function argument. 668 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 669 670 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 671 /// within this context. 672 /// 673 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 674 /// do not have lambda expressions. 675 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 676 677 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 678 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 679 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 680 681 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 682 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 683 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 684 685 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 686 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 687 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 688 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 689 bool IsDecltype) 690 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 691 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 692 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 693 694 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 695 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 696 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 697 if (!LambdaMangle) 698 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 699 return *LambdaMangle; 700 } 701 702 bool isUnevaluated() const { 703 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 704 } 705 }; 706 707 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 708 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 709 710 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 711 /// function. 712 /// 713 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 714 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 715 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 716 public: 717 enum Kind { 718 NoMemberOrDeleted, 719 Ambiguous, 720 Success 721 }; 722 723 private: 724 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 725 726 public: 727 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 728 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 729 {} 730 731 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 732 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 733 734 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 735 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 736 }; 737 738 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 739 /// for C++ records. 740 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 741 742 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 743 /// 744 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 745 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 746 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 747 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 748 /// checks. 749 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 750 751 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 752 753 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 754 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 755 756 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 757 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 758 759 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 760 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 761 /// 762 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 763 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 764 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 765 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 766 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 767 768 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 769 // argument locations. 770 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 771 772 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 773 /// definition in this translation unit. 774 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 775 776 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 777 void getUndefinedButUsed( 778 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 779 780 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 781 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 782 783 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 784 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 785 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 786 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 787 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 788 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 789 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 790 791 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 792 /// of -Wselector. 793 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 794 795 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 796 enum CXXSpecialMember { 797 CXXDefaultConstructor, 798 CXXCopyConstructor, 799 CXXMoveConstructor, 800 CXXCopyAssignment, 801 CXXMoveAssignment, 802 CXXDestructor, 803 CXXInvalid 804 }; 805 806 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 807 808 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 809 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 810 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 811 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 812 813 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 814 815 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 816 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 817 818 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 819 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 820 /// should not be used elsewhere. 821 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 822 823 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 824 /// statements. 825 class FPContractStateRAII { 826 public: 827 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 828 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 829 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 830 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 831 } 832 private: 833 Sema& S; 834 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 835 }; 836 837 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 838 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 839 840public: 841 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 842 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 843 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 844 ~Sema(); 845 846 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 847 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 848 void Initialize(); 849 850 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 851 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 852 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 853 854 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 855 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 856 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 857 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 858 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 859 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 860 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 861 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 862 863 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 864 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 865 /// 866 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 867 /// 868 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 869 870 void PrintStats() const; 871 872 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 873 /// template instantiation stacks. 874 /// 875 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 876 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 877 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 878 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 879 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 880 /// well. 881 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 882 Sema &SemaRef; 883 unsigned DiagID; 884 885 public: 886 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 887 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 888 889 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 890 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 891 if (!isActive()) return; 892 893 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 894 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 895 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 896 // 897 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 898 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 899 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 900 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 901 // eliminate that code. 902 FlushCounts(); 903 Clear(); 904 905 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 906 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 907 } 908 }; 909 910 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 911 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 912 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 913 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 914 } 915 916 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 917 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 918 919 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 920 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 921 922 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 923 924 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 925 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 926 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 927 928 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 929 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 930 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 931 932 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 933 934 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 935 936 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 937 938 void PushFunctionScope(); 939 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 940 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 941 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 942 RecordDecl *RD, 943 CapturedRegionKind K); 944 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 945 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 946 947 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 948 return FunctionScopes.back(); 949 } 950 951 void PushCompoundScope(); 952 void PopCompoundScope(); 953 954 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 955 956 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 957 958 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 959 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 960 961 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 962 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 963 964 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 965 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 966 967 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 968 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 969 970 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 971 972 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 973 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 974 // 975 976 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 977 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 978 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 979 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 980 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 981 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 982 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 983 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 984 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 985 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 986 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 987 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 988 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 989 990 /// \brief Build a function type. 991 /// 992 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 993 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 994 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 995 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 996 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 997 /// 998 /// \param T The return type of the function. 999 /// 1000 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1001 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1002 /// function parameters. 1003 /// 1004 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1005 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1006 /// type that will have function type. 1007 /// 1008 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1009 /// type, if known. 1010 /// 1011 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1012 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1013 /// 1014 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1015 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1016 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1017 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1018 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1019 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1020 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1021 1022 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1023 SourceLocation Loc, 1024 DeclarationName Entity); 1025 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1026 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1027 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1028 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1029 1030 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1031 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1032 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1033 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1034 1035 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1036 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1037 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1038 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1039 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1040 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1041 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1042 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1043 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1044 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1045 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1046 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1047 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1048 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1049 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1050 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1051 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1052 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1053 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1054 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1055 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1056 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1057 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1058 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1059 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1060 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1061 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1062 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1063 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1064 1065 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1066 1067 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1068 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1069 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1070 1071 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1072 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1073 bool Suppressed; 1074 1075 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1076 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1078 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1079 }; 1080 1081 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1082 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1083 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1084 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1085 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1086 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1087 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1088 return II; 1089 } 1090 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1091 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1092 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1093 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1094 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1095 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1096 1097 template<typename T1> 1098 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1099 unsigned DiagID; 1100 const T1 &Arg1; 1101 1102 public: 1103 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1104 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1105 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1106 if (Suppressed) return; 1107 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1108 } 1109 1110 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1111 }; 1112 1113 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1114 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1115 unsigned DiagID; 1116 const T1 &Arg1; 1117 const T2 &Arg2; 1118 1119 public: 1120 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1121 const T2 &Arg2) 1122 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1123 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1124 1125 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1126 if (Suppressed) return; 1127 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1128 } 1129 1130 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1131 }; 1132 1133 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1134 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1135 unsigned DiagID; 1136 const T1 &Arg1; 1137 const T2 &Arg2; 1138 const T3 &Arg3; 1139 1140 public: 1141 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1142 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1143 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1144 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1145 1146 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1147 if (Suppressed) return; 1148 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1149 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1150 } 1151 1152 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1153 }; 1154 1155 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1156 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1157 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1158 unsigned DiagID); 1159 1160 template<typename T1> 1161 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1162 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1163 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1164 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1165 } 1166 1167 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1168 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1169 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1170 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1171 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1172 } 1173 1174 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1175 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1176 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1177 const T3 &Arg3) { 1178 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1179 Arg3); 1180 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1181 } 1182 1183 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1184 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1185 1186 template<typename T1> 1187 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1188 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1189 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1190 } 1191 1192 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1193 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1194 const T2 &Arg2) { 1195 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1196 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1197 } 1198 1199 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1200 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1201 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1202 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1203 Arg3); 1204 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1205 } 1206 1207 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1208 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1209 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1210 1211 template<typename T1> 1212 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1213 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1214 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1215 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1216 } 1217 1218 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1219 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1220 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1221 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1222 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1223 } 1224 1225 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1226 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1227 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1228 const T3 &Arg3) { 1229 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1230 Arg3); 1231 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1232 } 1233 1234 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1235 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1236 1237 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1238 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1239 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1240 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1241 SourceLocation Loc); 1242 1243 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1244 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1245 // 1246 1247 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1248 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1249 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1250 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1251 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1252 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1253 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1254 /// such as: 1255 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1256 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1257 1258 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1259 1260 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1261 1262 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1263 1264 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1265 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1266 bool isClassName = false, 1267 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1268 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1269 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1270 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1271 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1272 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1273 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1274 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1275 SourceLocation IILoc, 1276 Scope *S, 1277 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1278 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1279 1280 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1281 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1282 enum NameClassificationKind { 1283 NC_Unknown, 1284 NC_Error, 1285 NC_Keyword, 1286 NC_Type, 1287 NC_Expression, 1288 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1289 NC_TypeTemplate, 1290 NC_FunctionTemplate 1291 }; 1292 1293 class NameClassification { 1294 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1295 ExprResult Expr; 1296 TemplateName Template; 1297 ParsedType Type; 1298 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1299 1300 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1301 1302 public: 1303 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1304 1305 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1306 1307 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1308 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1309 1310 static NameClassification Error() { 1311 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1312 } 1313 1314 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1315 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1316 } 1317 1318 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1319 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1320 } 1321 1322 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1323 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1324 Result.Template = Name; 1325 return Result; 1326 } 1327 1328 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1329 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1330 Result.Template = Name; 1331 return Result; 1332 } 1333 1334 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1335 1336 ParsedType getType() const { 1337 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1338 return Type; 1339 } 1340 1341 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1342 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1343 return Expr; 1344 } 1345 1346 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1347 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1348 return Template; 1349 } 1350 1351 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1352 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1353 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1354 } 1355 }; 1356 1357 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1358 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1359 /// 1360 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1361 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1362 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1363 /// 1364 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1365 /// 1366 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1367 /// 1368 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1369 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1370 /// 1371 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1372 /// 1373 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1374 /// disambiguate the name. 1375 /// 1376 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1377 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1378 /// expression. 1379 /// 1380 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1381 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1382 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1383 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1384 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1385 const Token &NextToken, 1386 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1387 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1388 1389 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1390 1391 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1392 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1393 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1394 const LookupResult &Previous, 1395 Scope *S); 1396 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1397 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1398 DeclarationName Name, 1399 SourceLocation Loc); 1400 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1401 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1402 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1403 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1404 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1405 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1406 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1407 LookupResult &Previous); 1408 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1409 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1410 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1411 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1412 LookupResult &Previous, 1413 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1414 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1415 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1416 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1417 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1418 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1419 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1420 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1421 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1422 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1423 LookupResult &Previous, 1424 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1425 bool &AddToScope); 1426 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1427 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1428 1429 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1430 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1431 1432 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1433 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1434 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1435 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1436 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1437 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1438 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1439 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1440 SourceLocation Loc, 1441 QualType T); 1442 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1443 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1444 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1445 StorageClass SC); 1446 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1447 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1448 Expr *defarg); 1449 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1450 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1451 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1452 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1453 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1454 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1455 1456 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1457 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1458 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1459 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1460 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1461 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1462 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1463 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1464 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1465 Decl **Group, 1466 unsigned NumDecls); 1467 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1468 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1469 1470 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1471 /// documentation comments. 1472 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1473 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1474 1475 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1476 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1477 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1478 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1479 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1480 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1481 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1482 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1483 } 1484 1485 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1486 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1487 /// code for that function. 1488 /// 1489 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1490 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1491 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1492 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1493 1494 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1495 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1496 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1497 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1498 1499 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1500 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1501 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1502 1503 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1504 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1505 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1506 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1507 1508 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1509 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1510 /// specified threshold. 1511 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1512 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1513 QualType ReturnTy, 1514 NamedDecl *D); 1515 1516 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1517 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1518 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1519 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1520 1521 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1522 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1523 AttributeList *AttrList, 1524 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1525 1526 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1527 /// 1528 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1529 /// 1530 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1531 /// 1532 /// \param Path The module access path. 1533 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1534 ModuleIdPath Path); 1535 1536 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1537 /// source location. 1538 /// 1539 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1540 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1541 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1542 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1543 1544 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1545 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1546 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1547 } 1548 1549 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1550 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1551 const Preprocessor &PP); 1552 1553 /// Scope actions. 1554 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1555 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1556 1557 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1558 DeclSpec &DS); 1559 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1560 DeclSpec &DS, 1561 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1562 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1563 1564 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1565 AccessSpecifier AS, 1566 RecordDecl *Record); 1567 1568 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1569 RecordDecl *Record); 1570 1571 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1572 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1573 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1574 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1575 1576 enum TagUseKind { 1577 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1578 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1579 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1580 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1581 }; 1582 1583 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1584 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1585 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1586 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1587 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1588 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1589 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1590 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1591 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1592 1593 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1594 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1595 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1596 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1597 AttributeList *Attr, 1598 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1599 1600 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1601 unsigned TagSpec, 1602 TagUseKind TUK, 1603 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1604 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1605 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1606 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1607 1608 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1609 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1610 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1611 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1612 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1613 1614 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1615 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1616 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1617 AccessSpecifier AS); 1618 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1619 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1620 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1621 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1622 AccessSpecifier AS, 1623 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1624 1625 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1626 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1627 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1628 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1629 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1630 SourceLocation TSSL, 1631 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1632 Declarator *D = 0); 1633 1634 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1635 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1636 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1637 bool Diagnose = false); 1638 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1639 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1640 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1641 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1642 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1643 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1644 1645 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1646 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1647 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1648 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1649 AttributeList *AttrList); 1650 1651 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1652 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1653 /// struct, or union). 1654 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1655 1656 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1657 1658 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1659 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1660 /// member declarations. 1661 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1662 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1663 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1664 1665 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1666 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1667 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1668 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1669 1670 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1671 1672 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1673 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1674 /// 1675 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1676 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1677 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1678 1679 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1680 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1681 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1682 1683 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1684 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1685 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1686 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1687 Expr *val); 1688 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1689 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1690 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1691 1692 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1693 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1694 AttributeList *Attrs, 1695 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1696 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1697 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1698 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1699 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1700 1701 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1702 1703 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1704 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1705 void PopDeclContext(); 1706 1707 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1708 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1709 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1710 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1711 1712 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1713 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1714 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1715 1716 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1717 1718 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1719 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1720 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1721 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1722 1723 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1724 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1725 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1726 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1727 1728 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1729 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1730 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1731 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1732 1733 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1734 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1735 1736 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1737 /// top level scope. 1738 /// 1739 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1740 /// 1741 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1742 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1743 1744 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1745 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1746 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1747 /// 1748 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1749 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1750 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1751 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1752 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1753 1754 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1755 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1756 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1757 1758 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1759 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1760 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1761 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1762 1763 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1764 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1765 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1766 VersionTuple Introduced, 1767 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1768 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1769 bool IsUnavailable, 1770 StringRef Message, 1771 bool Override, 1772 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1773 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1774 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1775 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1776 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1777 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1778 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1779 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1780 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1781 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1782 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1783 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1784 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1785 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1786 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1787 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1788 1789 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1790 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1791 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1792 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1793 AMK_None, 1794 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1795 /// an exact match. 1796 AMK_Redeclaration, 1797 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1798 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1799 AMK_Override 1800 }; 1801 1802 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1803 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1804 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1805 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1806 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1807 Scope *S); 1808 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1809 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1810 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1811 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1812 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1813 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1814 1815 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1816 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1817 enum AssignmentAction { 1818 AA_Assigning, 1819 AA_Passing, 1820 AA_Returning, 1821 AA_Converting, 1822 AA_Initializing, 1823 AA_Sending, 1824 AA_Casting 1825 }; 1826 1827 /// C++ Overloading. 1828 enum OverloadKind { 1829 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1830 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1831 Ovl_Overload, 1832 1833 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1834 /// an existing declaration. 1835 Ovl_Match, 1836 1837 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1838 /// non-function. 1839 Ovl_NonFunction 1840 }; 1841 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1842 FunctionDecl *New, 1843 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1844 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1845 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1846 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1847 1848 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1849 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1850 /// 1851 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1852 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1853 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1854 1855 ImplicitConversionSequence 1856 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1857 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1858 bool AllowExplicit, 1859 bool InOverloadResolution, 1860 bool CStyle, 1861 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1862 1863 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1864 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1865 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1866 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1867 bool InOverloadResolution, 1868 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1869 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1870 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1871 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1872 QualType &ConvertedType); 1873 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1874 QualType& ConvertedType); 1875 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1876 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1877 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1878 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1879 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1880 1881 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1882 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1883 CastKind &Kind, 1884 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1885 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1886 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1887 bool InOverloadResolution, 1888 QualType &ConvertedType); 1889 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1890 CastKind &Kind, 1891 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1892 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1893 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1894 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1895 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1896 QualType &ResultTy); 1897 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1898 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1899 1900 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1901 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1902 QualType ResultType, 1903 Expr *Value, 1904 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1905 1906 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1907 ExprResult Init); 1908 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1909 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1910 ExprResult Init, 1911 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1912 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1913 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1914 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1915 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1916 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1917 1918 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1919 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1920 1921 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1922 enum CCEKind { 1923 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1924 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1925 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1926 }; 1927 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1928 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1929 1930 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1931 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1932 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1933 public: 1934 bool Suppress; 1935 bool SuppressConversion; 1936 1937 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1938 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1939 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1940 1941 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1942 /// integral or enumeration type. 1943 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1944 QualType T) = 0; 1945 1946 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1947 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1948 QualType T) = 0; 1949 1950 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1951 /// is explicit. 1952 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1953 QualType T, 1954 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1955 1956 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1957 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1958 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1959 1960 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1961 /// functions. 1962 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1963 QualType T) = 0; 1964 1965 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1966 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1967 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1968 1969 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1970 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1971 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1972 QualType T, 1973 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1974 1975 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1976 }; 1977 1978 ExprResult 1979 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1980 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1981 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1982 1983 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1984 OS_Array, 1985 OS_Dictionary, 1986 OS_Error 1987 }; 1988 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1989 1990 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1991 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1992 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1993 LK_Array, 1994 LK_Dictionary, 1995 LK_Numeric, 1996 LK_Boxed, 1997 LK_String, 1998 LK_Block, 1999 LK_None 2000 }; 2001 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2002 2003 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2004 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2005 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2006 NamedDecl *Member); 2007 2008 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2009 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2010 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2011 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2012 2013 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2014 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2015 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2017 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2018 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2019 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2020 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2021 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2022 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2023 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2024 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2025 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2026 QualType ObjectType, 2027 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2028 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2029 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2030 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2031 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2032 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2033 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2034 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2035 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2036 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2037 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2038 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2039 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2040 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2041 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2042 QualType ObjectType, 2043 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2044 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2045 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2046 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2047 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2048 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2049 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2050 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2051 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2052 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2053 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2054 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2055 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2056 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2057 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2058 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2059 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2060 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2061 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2062 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2063 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2064 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2065 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2066 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2067 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2068 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2069 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2070 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2071 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2072 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2073 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2074 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2075 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2076 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2077 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2078 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2079 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2080 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2081 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2082 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2083 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2084 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2085 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2086 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2087 2088 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2089 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2090 2091 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2092 // identified by the expression Expr 2093 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2094 2095 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2096 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2097 // R (A) --> R(A) 2098 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2099 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2100 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2101 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2102 2103 FunctionDecl * 2104 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2105 QualType TargetType, 2106 bool Complain, 2107 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2108 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2109 2110 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2111 bool Complain = false, 2112 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2113 2114 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2115 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2116 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2117 bool Complain = false, 2118 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2119 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2120 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2121 2122 2123 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2124 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2125 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2126 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2127 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2128 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2129 2130 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2131 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2132 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2133 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2134 2135 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2136 // range-based for loop. 2137 enum ForRangeStatus { 2138 FRS_Success, 2139 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2140 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2141 }; 2142 2143 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2144 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2145 enum BeginEndFunction { 2146 BEF_begin, 2147 BEF_end 2148 }; 2149 2150 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2151 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2152 VarDecl *Decl, 2153 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2154 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2155 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2156 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2157 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2158 2159 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2160 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2161 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2162 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2163 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2164 Expr *ExecConfig, 2165 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2166 2167 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2168 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2169 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2170 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2171 ExprResult *Result); 2172 2173 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2174 unsigned Opc, 2175 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2176 Expr *input); 2177 2178 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2179 unsigned Opc, 2180 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2181 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2182 2183 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2184 SourceLocation RLoc, 2185 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2186 2187 ExprResult 2188 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2189 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2190 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2191 ExprResult 2192 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2193 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2194 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2195 2196 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2197 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2198 2199 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2200 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2201 /// that best represents the call. 2202 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2203 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2204 2205 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2206 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2207 bool CheckParameterNames); 2208 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2209 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2210 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2211 2212 /// \name Name lookup 2213 /// 2214 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2215 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2216 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2217 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2218 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2219 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2220 /// 2221 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2222 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2223 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2224 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2225 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2226 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2227 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2228 /// 2229 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2230 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2231 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2232 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2233 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2234 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2235 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2236 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2237 //@{ 2238 2239 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2240 enum LookupNameKind { 2241 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2242 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2243 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2244 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2245 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2246 /// structs, and unions. 2247 LookupTagName, 2248 /// Label name lookup. 2249 LookupLabel, 2250 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2251 /// class/struct/union members. 2252 LookupMemberName, 2253 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2254 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2255 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2256 LookupOperatorName, 2257 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2258 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2259 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2260 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2261 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2262 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2263 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2264 LookupNamespaceName, 2265 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2266 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2267 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2268 LookupUsingDeclName, 2269 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2270 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2271 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2272 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2273 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2274 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2275 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2276 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2277 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2278 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2279 LookupAnyName 2280 }; 2281 2282 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2283 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2284 enum RedeclarationKind { 2285 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2286 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2287 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2288 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2289 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2290 ForRedeclaration 2291 }; 2292 2293 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2294 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2295 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2296 LOLR_Error, 2297 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2298 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2299 LOLR_Cooked, 2300 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2301 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2302 LOLR_Raw, 2303 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2304 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2305 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2306 LOLR_Template 2307 }; 2308 2309 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2310 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2311 bool ConstArg, 2312 bool VolatileArg, 2313 bool RValueThis, 2314 bool ConstThis, 2315 bool VolatileThis); 2316 2317private: 2318 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2319 2320 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2321 // 2322 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2323 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2324 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2325 2326 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2327 /// source. 2328 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2329 2330public: 2331 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2332 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2333 /// 2334 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2335 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2336 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2337 SourceLocation Loc, 2338 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2339 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2340 = NotForRedeclaration); 2341 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2342 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2343 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2344 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2345 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2346 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2347 bool EnteringContext = false); 2348 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2349 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2350 = NotForRedeclaration); 2351 2352 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2353 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2354 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2355 2356 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2357 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2358 2359 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2360 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2361 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2362 unsigned Quals); 2363 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2364 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2365 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2366 unsigned Quals); 2367 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2368 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2369 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2370 2371 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2372 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2373 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2374 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2375 2376 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2377 SourceLocation Loc, 2378 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2379 ADLResult &Functions); 2380 2381 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2382 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2383 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2384 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2385 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2386 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2387 2388 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2389 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2390 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2391 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2392 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2393 bool EnteringContext = false, 2394 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2395 2396 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2397 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2398 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2399 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2400 2401 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2402 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2403 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2404 2405 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2406 //@} 2407 2408 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2409 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2410 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2411 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2412 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2413 SourceLocation Loc); 2414 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2415 Scope *S); 2416 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2417 2418 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2419 2420 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2421 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2422 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2423 bool NonInheritable = true, 2424 bool Inheritable = true); 2425 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2426 bool NonInheritable = true, 2427 bool Inheritable = true, 2428 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2429 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2430 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2431 2432 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2433 2434 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2435 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2436 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2437 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2438 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2439 2440 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2441 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2442 SourceRange Range); 2443 2444 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2445 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2446 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2447 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2448 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2449 2450 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2451 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2452 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2453 2454 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2455 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2456 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2457 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2458 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2459 2460 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2461 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2462 2463 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2464 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2465 2466 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2467 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2468 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2469 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2470 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2471 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2472 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2473 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2474 2475 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2476 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2477 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2478 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2479 SourceLocation Loc); 2480 2481 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2482 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2483 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2484 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2485 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2486 2487 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2488 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2489 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2490 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2491 2492 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2493 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2494 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2495 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2496 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2497 2498 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2499 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2500 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2501 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2502 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2503 2504 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2505 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2506 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2507 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2508 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2509 2510 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2511 /// class extensions. 2512 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2513 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2514 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2515 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2516 Selector GetterSel, 2517 Selector SetterSel, 2518 const bool isAssign, 2519 const bool isReadWrite, 2520 const unsigned Attributes, 2521 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2522 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2523 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2524 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2525 2526 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2527 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2528 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2529 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2530 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2531 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2532 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2533 Selector GetterSel, 2534 Selector SetterSel, 2535 const bool isAssign, 2536 const bool isReadWrite, 2537 const unsigned Attributes, 2538 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2539 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2540 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2541 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2542 2543 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2544 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2545 /// setter or getter. 2546 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2547 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2548 2549 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2550 2551 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2552 2553 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2554 MMS_loose, 2555 MMS_strict 2556 }; 2557 2558 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2559 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2560 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2561 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2562 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2563 2564 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2565 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2566 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2567 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2568 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2569 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2570 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2571 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2572 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2573 bool ImmediateClass, 2574 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2575 2576 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2577 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2578 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2579 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2580 2581 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2582 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2583 2584private: 2585 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2586 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2587 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2588 2589 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2590 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2591 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2592 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2593 bool warn, bool instance); 2594 2595public: 2596 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2597 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2598 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2599 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2600 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2601 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2602 } 2603 2604 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2605 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2606 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2607 } 2608 2609 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2610 /// pool. 2611 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2612 2613 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2614 /// there are multiple signatures. 2615 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2616 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2617 bool warn=true) { 2618 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2619 warn, /*instance*/true); 2620 } 2621 2622 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2623 /// there are multiple signatures. 2624 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2625 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2626 bool warn=true) { 2627 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2628 warn, /*instance*/false); 2629 } 2630 2631 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2632 /// implementation. 2633 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2634 2635 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2636 /// initialization. 2637 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2638 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2639 2640 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2641 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2642public: 2643 class FullExprArg { 2644 public: 2645 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2646 2647 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2648 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2649 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2650 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2651 2652 ExprResult release() { 2653 return E; 2654 } 2655 2656 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2657 2658 Expr *operator->() { 2659 return E; 2660 } 2661 2662 private: 2663 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2664 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2665 friend class Sema; 2666 2667 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2668 2669 Expr *E; 2670 }; 2671 2672 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2673 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2674 } 2675 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2676 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2677 } 2678 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2679 ExprResult FE = 2680 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2681 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2682 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2683 } 2684 2685 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2686 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2687 2688 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2689 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2690 2691 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2692 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2693 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2694 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2695 bool isStmtExpr); 2696 2697 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2698 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2699 public: 2700 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2701 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2702 } 2703 2704 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2705 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2706 } 2707 2708 private: 2709 Sema &S; 2710 }; 2711 2712 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2713 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2714 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2715 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2716 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2717 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2718 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2719 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2720 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2721 2722 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2723 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2724 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2725 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2726 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2727 2728 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2729 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2730 Stmt *SubStmt); 2731 2732 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2733 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2734 Stmt *ThenVal, 2735 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2736 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2737 Expr *Cond, 2738 Decl *CondVar); 2739 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2740 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2741 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2742 FullExprArg Cond, 2743 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2744 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2745 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2746 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2747 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2748 2749 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2750 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2751 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2752 Decl *SecondVar, 2753 FullExprArg Third, 2754 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2755 Stmt *Body); 2756 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2757 Expr *collection); 2758 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2759 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2760 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2761 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2762 2763 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2764 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2765 BFRK_Build, 2766 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2767 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2768 BFRK_Rebuild, 2769 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2770 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2771 BFRK_Check 2772 }; 2773 2774 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2775 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2776 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2777 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2778 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2779 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2780 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2781 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2782 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2783 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2784 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2785 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2786 2787 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2788 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2789 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2790 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2791 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2792 Expr *DestExp); 2793 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2794 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2795 2796 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2797 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2798 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2799 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2800 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2801 SourceLocation Loc, 2802 unsigned NumParams); 2803 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2804 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2805 2806 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2807 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2808 2809 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2810 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2811 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2812 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2813 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2814 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2815 2816 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2817 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2818 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2819 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2820 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2821 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2822 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2823 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2824 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2825 StringRef AsmString, 2826 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2827 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2828 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2829 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2830 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2831 2832 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2833 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2834 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2835 bool Invalid = false); 2836 2837 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2838 2839 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2840 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2841 2842 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2843 2844 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2845 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2846 2847 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2848 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2849 Scope *CurScope); 2850 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2851 Expr *operand); 2852 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2853 Expr *SynchExpr, 2854 Stmt *SynchBody); 2855 2856 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2857 2858 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2859 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2860 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2861 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2862 2863 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2864 2865 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2866 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2867 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2868 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2869 2870 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2871 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2872 Stmt *TryBlock, 2873 Stmt *Handler); 2874 2875 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2876 Expr *FilterExpr, 2877 Stmt *Block); 2878 2879 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2880 Stmt *Block); 2881 2882 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2883 2884 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2885 2886 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2887 /// of it. 2888 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2889 2890 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2891 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2892 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2893 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2894 2895 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2896 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2897 /// 2898 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2899 /// if (condition); 2900 /// do_stuff(); 2901 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2902 const Stmt *Body, 2903 unsigned DiagID); 2904 2905 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2906 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2907 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2908 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2909 2910 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2911 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2912 } 2913 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2914 2915 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2916 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2917 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2918 } 2919 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2920 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2921 } 2922 2923 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2924 2925 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2926 SourceLocation Loc, 2927 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2928 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2929 2930 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2931 2932 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2933 StringRef message); 2934 2935 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2936 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2937 2938 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2939 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2940 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2941 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2942 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2943 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2944 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2945 SourceLocation Loc); 2946 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2947 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2948 2949 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2950 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2951 bool IsDecltype = false); 2952 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2953 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2954 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2955 bool IsDecltype = false); 2956 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2957 2958 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2959 2960 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2961 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2962 2963 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2964 2965 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2966 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2967 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2968 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2969 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2970 // named expressions. 2971 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2972 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2973 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2974 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2975 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2976 2977 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2978 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2979 2980 enum TryCaptureKind { 2981 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2982 }; 2983 2984 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2985 /// 2986 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2987 /// 2988 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2989 /// 2990 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2991 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2992 /// 2993 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2994 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2995 /// 2996 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2997 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2998 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2999 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3000 /// 3001 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3002 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3003 /// variable can be captured. 3004 /// 3005 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3006 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3007 /// captured. 3008 /// 3009 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3010 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3011 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3012 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3013 QualType &CaptureType, 3014 QualType &DeclRefType); 3015 3016 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3017 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3018 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3019 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3020 3021 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3022 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3023 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3024 3025 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3026 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3027 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3028 3029 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3030 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3031 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3032 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3033 bool ForceComplain = false, 3034 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3035 3036 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3037 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3038 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3039 3040 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3041 /// evaluation context. 3042 /// 3043 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3044 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3045 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3046 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3047 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3048 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3049 3050 // Primary Expressions. 3051 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3052 3053 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3054 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3055 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3056 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3057 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3058 3059 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3060 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3061 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3062 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3063 3064 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3065 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3066 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3067 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3068 3069 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3070 IdentifierInfo *II, 3071 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3072 3073 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3074 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3075 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3076 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3077 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3078 3079 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3080 ExprValueKind VK, 3081 SourceLocation Loc, 3082 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3083 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3084 ExprValueKind VK, 3085 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3086 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3087 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3088 ExprResult 3089 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3090 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3091 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3092 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3093 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3094 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3095 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3096 LookupResult &R, 3097 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3098 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3099 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3100 LookupResult &R, 3101 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3102 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3103 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3104 const LookupResult &R, 3105 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3106 3107 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3108 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3109 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3110 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3111 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3112 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3113 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3114 3115 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3116 LookupResult &R, 3117 bool NeedsADL); 3118 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3119 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3120 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3121 3122 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3123 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3124 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3125 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3126 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3127 3128 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3129 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3130 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3131 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3132 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3133 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3134 SourceLocation R, 3135 MultiExprArg Val); 3136 3137 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3138 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3139 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3140 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3141 3142 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3143 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3144 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3145 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3146 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3147 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3148 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3149 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3150 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3151 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3152 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3153 Expr **Exprs, 3154 unsigned NumAssocs); 3155 3156 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3157 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3158 Expr *InputExpr); 3159 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3160 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3161 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3162 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3163 3164 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3165 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3166 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3167 SourceRange R); 3168 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3169 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3170 ExprResult 3171 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3172 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3173 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3174 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3175 3176 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3177 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3178 3179 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3180 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3181 SourceRange ExprRange, 3182 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3183 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3184 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3185 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3186 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3187 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3188 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3189 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3190 3191 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3192 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3193 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3194 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3195 3196 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3197 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3198 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3199 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3200 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3201 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3202 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3203 3204 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3205 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3206 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3207 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3208 // defines a custom operator->). 3209 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3210 Scope *S; 3211 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3212 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3213 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3214 }; 3215 3216 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3217 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3218 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3219 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3220 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3221 LookupResult &R, 3222 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3223 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3224 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3225 3226 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3227 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3228 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3229 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3230 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3231 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3232 3233 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3234 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3235 const LookupResult &R); 3236 3237 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3238 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3239 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3240 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3241 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3242 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3243 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3244 3245 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3246 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3247 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3248 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3249 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3250 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3251 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3252 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3253 3254 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3255 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3256 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3257 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3258 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3259 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3260 bool ExecConfig = false); 3261 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3262 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3263 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3264 3265 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3266 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3267 /// locations. 3268 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3269 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3270 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3271 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3272 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3273 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3274 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3275 Expr *Config = 0, 3276 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3277 3278 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3279 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3280 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3281 3282 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3283 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3284 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3285 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3286 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3287 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3288 Expr *Op); 3289 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3290 3291 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3292 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3293 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3294 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3295 3296 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3297 3298 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3299 ParsedType Ty, 3300 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3301 Expr *InitExpr); 3302 3303 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3305 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3306 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3307 3308 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3309 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3310 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3311 3312 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3313 SourceLocation Loc, 3314 bool GNUSyntax, 3315 ExprResult Init); 3316 3317 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3318 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3319 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3320 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3321 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3322 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3323 3324 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3325 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3326 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3327 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3328 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3329 3330 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3331 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3332 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3333 3334 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3335 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3336 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3337 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3338 3339 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3340 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3341 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3342 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3343 union { 3344 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3345 Expr *E; 3346 } U; 3347 }; 3348 3349 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3350 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3352 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3353 unsigned NumComponents, 3354 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3355 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3356 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3357 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3358 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3359 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3360 unsigned NumComponents, 3361 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3362 3363 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3364 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3365 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3366 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3367 3368 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3369 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3370 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3371 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3373 3374 // __null 3375 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3376 3377 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3378 3379 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3380 enum IfExistsResult { 3381 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3382 IER_Exists, 3383 3384 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3385 IER_DoesNotExist, 3386 3387 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3388 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3389 IER_Dependent, 3390 3391 /// \brief An error occurred. 3392 IER_Error 3393 }; 3394 3395 IfExistsResult 3396 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3397 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3398 3399 IfExistsResult 3400 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3401 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3402 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3403 3404 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3405 bool IsIfExists, 3406 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3407 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3408 Stmt *Nested); 3409 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3410 bool IsIfExists, 3411 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3412 Stmt *Nested); 3413 3414 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3415 3416 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3417 /// started. 3418 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3419 3420 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3421 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3422 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3423 Scope *CurScope); 3424 3425 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3426 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3427 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3428 3429 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3430 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3431 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3432 Scope *CurScope); 3433 3434 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3435 3436 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3437 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3438 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3439 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3440 3441 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3442 3443 // Act on C++ namespaces 3444 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3445 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3446 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3447 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3448 SourceLocation LBrace, 3449 AttributeList *AttrList); 3450 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3451 3452 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3453 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3454 3455 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3456 3457 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3458 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3459 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3460 3461 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3462 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3463 /// 3464 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3465 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3466 3467 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3468 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3469 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3470 3471 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3472 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3473 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3474 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3475 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3476 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3477 AttributeList *AttrList); 3478 3479 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3480 3481 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3482 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3483 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3484 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3485 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3486 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3487 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3488 3489 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3490 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3491 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3492 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3493 NamedDecl *Target); 3494 3495 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3496 bool isTypeName, 3497 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3499 const LookupResult &Previous); 3500 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3501 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3502 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3503 3504 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3505 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3506 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3507 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3508 AttributeList *AttrList, 3509 bool IsInstantiation, 3510 bool IsTypeName, 3511 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3512 3513 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3514 3515 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3516 AccessSpecifier AS, 3517 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3518 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3519 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3520 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3521 AttributeList *AttrList, 3522 bool IsTypeName, 3523 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3524 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3525 AccessSpecifier AS, 3526 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3527 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3528 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3529 AttributeList *AttrList, 3530 TypeResult Type); 3531 3532 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3533 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3534 /// 3535 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3536 ExprResult 3537 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3538 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3539 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3540 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3541 SourceRange ParenRange); 3542 3543 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3544 // the constructor can be elidable? 3545 ExprResult 3546 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3547 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3548 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3549 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3550 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3551 3552 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3553 /// the default expr if needed. 3554 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3555 FunctionDecl *FD, 3556 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3557 3558 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3559 /// constructed variable. 3560 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3561 3562 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3563 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3564 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3565 // Pointer to allow copying 3566 Sema *Self; 3567 // We order exception specifications thus: 3568 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3569 // throw() comes next. 3570 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3571 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3572 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3573 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3574 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3575 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3576 3577 void ClearExceptions() { 3578 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3579 Exceptions.clear(); 3580 } 3581 3582 public: 3583 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3584 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3585 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3586 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3587 } 3588 3589 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3590 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3591 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3592 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3593 return ComputedEST; 3594 } 3595 3596 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3597 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3598 3599 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3600 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3601 3602 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3603 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3604 3605 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3606 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3607 3608 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3609 /// computed exception specification. 3610 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3611 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3612 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3613 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3614 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3615 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3616 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3617 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3618 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3619 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3620 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3621 tok::kw_false).take(); 3622 } 3623 } 3624 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3626 getEPI(EPI); 3627 return EPI; 3628 } 3629 }; 3630 3631 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3632 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3633 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3634 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3635 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3636 3637 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3638 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3639 /// will be const. 3640 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3641 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3642 3643 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3644 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3645 /// parameter will be const. 3646 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3647 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3648 3649 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3650 /// constructor of a class will have. 3651 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3652 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3653 3654 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3655 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3656 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3657 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3658 3659 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3660 /// destructor of a class will have. 3661 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3662 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3663 3664 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3665 /// constructor of a class will have. 3666 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3667 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3668 3669 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3670 /// special member function. 3671 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3672 3673 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3674 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3675 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3676 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3677 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3678 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3679 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3680 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3681 3682 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3683 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3684 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3685 bool Diagnose = false); 3686 3687 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3688 /// 3689 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3690 /// default constructor will be added. 3691 /// 3692 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3693 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3694 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3695 3696 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3697 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3698 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3699 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3700 3701 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3702 /// 3703 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3704 /// destructor will be added. 3705 /// 3706 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3707 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3708 3709 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3710 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3711 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3712 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3713 3714 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3715 /// 3716 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3717 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3718 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3719 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3720 3721 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3722 /// 3723 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3724 /// constructors will be added. 3725 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3726 3727 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3728 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3729 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3730 3731 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3732 /// 3733 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3734 /// copy constructor will be added. 3735 /// 3736 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3737 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3738 3739 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3740 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3741 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3742 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3743 3744 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3745 /// 3746 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3747 /// move constructor will be added. 3748 /// 3749 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3750 /// declared. 3751 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3752 3753 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3754 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3755 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3756 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3757 3758 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3759 /// 3760 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3761 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3762 /// 3763 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3764 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3765 3766 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3767 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3768 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3769 3770 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3771 /// 3772 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3773 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3774 /// 3775 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3776 /// wasn't declared. 3777 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3778 3779 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3780 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3781 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3782 3783 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3784 /// class. 3785 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3786 3787 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3788 /// special member function. 3789 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3790 3791 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3792 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3793 /// 3794 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3795 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3796 3797 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3798 /// member function. 3799 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3800 3801 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3802 /// static member function. 3803 /// 3804 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3805 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3806 3807 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3808 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3809 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3810 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3811 3812 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3813 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3814 SourceLocation Loc, 3815 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3816 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3817 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3818 3819 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3820 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3821 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3822 3823 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3824 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3825 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3826 ParsedType ObjectType, 3827 bool EnteringContext); 3828 3829 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3830 3831 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3832 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3833 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3834 3835 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3836 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3837 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3838 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3839 Declarator &D, 3840 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3841 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3842 Expr *E, 3843 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3844 3845 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3846 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3847 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3848 Expr *E, 3849 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3850 SourceRange Parens); 3851 3852 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3853 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3854 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3855 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3856 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3857 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3858 Expr *Operand, 3859 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3860 3861 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3862 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3863 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3864 void *TyOrExpr, 3865 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3866 3867 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3868 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3869 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3870 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3871 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3872 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3873 Expr *Operand, 3874 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3875 3876 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3877 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3878 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3879 void *TyOrExpr, 3880 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3881 3882 3883 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3884 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3885 3886 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3887 /// 3888 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3889 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3890 3891 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3892 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3893 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3894 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3895 3896 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3897 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3898 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3899 Sema &S; 3900 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3901 bool Enabled; 3902 3903 public: 3904 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3905 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3906 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3907 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3908 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3909 bool Enabled = true); 3910 3911 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3912 }; 3913 3914 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3915 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3916 /// 3917 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3918 /// 3919 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3920 /// capture list. 3921 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3922 3923 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3924 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3925 /// being defined. 3926 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3927 3928 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3929 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3930 3931 3932 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3933 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3934 3935 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3936 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3937 3938 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3939 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3940 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3941 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3942 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3943 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3944 3945 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3946 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3947 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3948 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3949 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3950 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3951 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3952 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3953 3954 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3955 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3956 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3957 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3958 3959 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3960 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3961 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3962 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3963 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3964 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3965 Expr *Initializer); 3966 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3967 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3968 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3969 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3970 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3971 QualType AllocType, 3972 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3973 Expr *ArraySize, 3974 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3975 Expr *Initializer, 3976 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3977 3978 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3979 SourceRange R); 3980 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3981 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3982 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3983 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3984 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3985 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3986 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3987 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3988 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3989 bool Diagnose = true); 3990 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3991 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3992 QualType Argument, 3993 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3994 3995 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3996 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3997 bool Diagnose = true); 3998 3999 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4000 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4001 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4002 Expr *Operand); 4003 4004 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4005 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4006 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4007 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4008 4009 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4010 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4011 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4012 SourceLocation RParen); 4013 4014 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4015 /// pseudo-functions. 4016 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4017 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4018 ParsedType Ty, 4019 SourceLocation RParen); 4020 4021 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4022 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4023 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4024 SourceLocation RParen); 4025 4026 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4027 /// pseudo-functions. 4028 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4029 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4030 ParsedType LhsTy, 4031 ParsedType RhsTy, 4032 SourceLocation RParen); 4033 4034 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4035 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4036 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4037 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4038 SourceLocation RParen); 4039 4040 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4041 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4042 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4043 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4044 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4045 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4046 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4047 4048 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4049 /// pseudo-functions. 4050 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4051 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4052 ParsedType LhsTy, 4053 Expr *DimExpr, 4054 SourceLocation RParen); 4055 4056 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4057 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4058 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4059 Expr *DimExpr, 4060 SourceLocation RParen); 4061 4062 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4063 /// pseudo-functions. 4064 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4065 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4066 Expr *Queried, 4067 SourceLocation RParen); 4068 4069 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4070 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4071 Expr *Queried, 4072 SourceLocation RParen); 4073 4074 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4075 Expr *Base, 4076 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4077 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4078 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4079 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4080 4081 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4082 4083 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4084 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4085 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4087 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4088 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4089 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4090 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4091 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4092 4093 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4094 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4095 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4096 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4097 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4098 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4099 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4100 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4101 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4102 4103 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4104 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4105 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4106 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4107 const DeclSpec& DS, 4108 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4109 4110 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4111 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4112 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4113 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4114 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4115 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4116 4117 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4118 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4119 : SourceLocation()); 4120 } 4121 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4122 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4123 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4124 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4125 4126 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4127 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4128 4129 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4130 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4131 bool EnteringContext = false); 4132 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4133 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4134 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4135 4136 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4137 /// 4138 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4139 /// 4140 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4143 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4144 /// 4145 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4146 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4147 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4148 4149 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4150 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4151 4152 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4153 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4154 IdentifierInfo &II, 4155 ParsedType ObjectType); 4156 4157 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4158 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4159 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4160 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4161 QualType ObjectType, 4162 bool EnteringContext, 4163 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4164 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4165 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4166 4167 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4168 /// 4169 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4170 /// 4171 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4172 /// 4173 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4174 /// 4175 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4176 /// 4177 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4178 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4179 /// 4180 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4181 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4182 /// 4183 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4184 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4185 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4186 /// including this new type). 4187 /// 4188 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4189 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4190 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4191 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4192 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4193 ParsedType ObjectType, 4194 bool EnteringContext, 4195 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4196 4197 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4198 4199 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4200 const DeclSpec &DS, 4201 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4202 4203 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4204 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4205 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4206 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4207 ParsedType ObjectType, 4208 bool EnteringContext); 4209 4210 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4211 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4212 /// 4213 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4214 /// 4215 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4216 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4217 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4218 /// including this new type). 4219 /// 4220 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4221 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4222 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4223 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4224 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4225 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4226 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4227 /// 4228 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4229 /// nested-name-specifier. 4230 /// 4231 /// 4232 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4233 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4234 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4235 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4236 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4237 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4238 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4239 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4240 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4241 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4242 bool EnteringContext); 4243 4244 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4245 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4246 /// nested-name-specifier. 4247 /// 4248 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4249 /// 4250 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4251 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4252 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4253 4254 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4255 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4256 /// 4257 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4258 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4259 /// 4260 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4261 /// 4262 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4263 /// of the annotation pointer. 4264 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4265 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4266 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4267 4268 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4269 4270 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4271 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4272 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4273 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4274 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4275 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4276 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4277 4278 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4279 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4280 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4281 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4282 /// defining scope. 4283 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4284 4285 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4286 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4287 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4288 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4289 /// class X. 4290 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4291 4292 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4293 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4294 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4295 4296 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4297 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4298 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4299 bool KnownDependent); 4300 4301 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4302 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4303 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4304 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4305 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4306 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4307 4308 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4309 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4310 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4311 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4312 bool ExplicitParams, 4313 bool ExplicitResultType, 4314 bool Mutable); 4315 4316 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4317 /// given lambda. 4318 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4319 4320 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4321 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4322 4323 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4324 /// statements present in the body. 4325 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4326 4327 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4328 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4329 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4330 /// lambda. 4331 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4332 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4333 4334 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4335 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4336 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4337 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4338 4339 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4340 /// was successfully completed. 4341 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4342 Scope *CurScope, 4343 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4344 4345 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4346 /// function pointer. 4347 /// 4348 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4349 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4350 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4351 /// block pointer conversion. 4352 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4353 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4354 4355 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4356 /// block pointer. 4357 /// 4358 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4359 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4360 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4361 /// block pointer conversion. 4362 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4363 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4364 4365 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4366 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4367 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4368 Expr *Src); 4369 4370 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4371 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4372 Expr **Strings, 4373 unsigned NumStrings); 4374 4375 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4376 4377 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4378 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4379 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4380 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4381 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4382 bool Value); 4383 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4384 4385 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4386 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4387 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4388 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4389 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4390 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4391 4392 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4393 Expr *IndexExpr, 4394 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4395 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4396 4397 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4398 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4399 unsigned NumElements); 4400 4401 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4402 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4403 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4404 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4405 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4406 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4407 4408 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4409 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4410 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4411 ParsedType Ty, 4412 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4413 4414 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4415 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4416 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4417 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4418 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4419 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4420 4421 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4422 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4423 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4424 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4425 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4426 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4427 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4428 4429 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4430 // C++ Declarations 4431 // 4432 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4433 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4434 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4435 StringRef Lang, 4436 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4437 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4438 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4439 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4440 4441 4442 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4443 // C++ Classes 4444 // 4445 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4446 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4447 4448 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4449 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4450 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4451 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4452 4453 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4454 Declarator &D, 4455 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4456 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4457 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4458 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4459 Expr *Init); 4460 4461 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4462 Scope *S, 4463 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4464 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4465 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4466 const DeclSpec &DS, 4467 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4468 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4469 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4470 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4471 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4472 4473 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4474 Scope *S, 4475 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4476 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4477 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4478 const DeclSpec &DS, 4479 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4480 Expr *InitList, 4481 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4482 4483 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4484 Scope *S, 4485 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4486 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4487 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4488 const DeclSpec &DS, 4489 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4490 Expr *Init, 4491 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4492 4493 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4494 Expr *Init, 4495 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4496 4497 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4498 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4499 Expr *Init, 4500 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4501 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4502 4503 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4504 Expr *Init, 4505 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4506 4507 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4508 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4509 4510 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4511 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4512 4513 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4514 4515 4516 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4517 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4518 /// referenced. 4519 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4520 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4521 4522 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4523 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4524 /// first use occurred. 4525 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4526 4527 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4528 /// materialized. 4529 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4530 4531 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4532 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4533 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4534 /// by code generation). 4535 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4536 4537 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4538 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4539 4540 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4541 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4542 DynamicClassesType; 4543 4544 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4545 /// unit. 4546 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4547 4548 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4549 /// given location. 4550 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4551 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4552 4553 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4554 /// in the given class as needed. 4555 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4556 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4557 4558 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4559 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4560 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4561 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4562 4563 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4564 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4565 /// vtables. 4566 /// 4567 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4568 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4569 4570 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4571 4572 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4573 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4574 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4575 bool AnyErrors); 4576 4577 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4578 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4579 Decl *TagDecl, 4580 SourceLocation LBrac, 4581 SourceLocation RBrac, 4582 AttributeList *AttrList); 4583 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4584 4585 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4586 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4587 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4588 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4589 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4590 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4591 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4592 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4593 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4594 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4595 4596 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4597 Expr *AssertExpr, 4598 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4599 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4600 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4601 Expr *AssertExpr, 4602 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4603 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4604 bool Failed); 4605 4606 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4607 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4608 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4609 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4610 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4611 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4612 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4613 4614 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4615 StorageClass& SC); 4616 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4617 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4618 StorageClass& SC); 4619 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4620 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4621 StorageClass& SC); 4622 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4623 4624 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4625 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4626 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4627 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4628 4629 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4630 // C++ Derived Classes 4631 // 4632 4633 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4634 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4635 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4636 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4637 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4638 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4639 4640 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4641 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4642 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4643 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4644 ParsedType basetype, 4645 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4646 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4647 4648 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4649 unsigned NumBases); 4650 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4651 unsigned NumBases); 4652 4653 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4654 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4655 4656 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4657 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4658 4659 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4660 4661 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4662 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4663 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4664 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4665 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4666 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4667 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4668 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4669 DeclarationName Name, 4670 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4671 4672 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4673 4674 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4675 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4676 4677 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4678 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4679 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4680 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4681 4682 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4683 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4684 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4685 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4686 4687 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4688 4689 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4690 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4691 4692 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4693 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4694 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4695 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4696 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4697 4698 4699 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4700 // C++ Access Control 4701 // 4702 4703 enum AccessResult { 4704 AR_accessible, 4705 AR_inaccessible, 4706 AR_dependent, 4707 AR_delayed 4708 }; 4709 4710 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4711 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4712 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4713 4714 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4715 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4716 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4718 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4719 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4720 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4721 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4722 bool Diagnose = true); 4723 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4724 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4725 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4726 AccessSpecifier Access, 4727 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4728 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4729 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4730 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4731 AccessSpecifier Access, 4732 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4733 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4734 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4735 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4736 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4737 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4738 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4739 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4740 Expr *ArgExpr, 4741 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4742 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4743 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4744 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4745 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4746 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4747 unsigned DiagID, 4748 bool ForceCheck = false, 4749 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4750 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4751 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4752 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4753 AccessSpecifier access, 4754 QualType objectType); 4755 4756 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4757 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4758 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4759 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4760 4761 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4762 4763 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4764 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4765 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4766 4767 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4768 AbstractNone = -1, 4769 AbstractReturnType, 4770 AbstractParamType, 4771 AbstractVariableType, 4772 AbstractFieldType, 4773 AbstractIvarType, 4774 AbstractArrayType 4775 }; 4776 4777 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4778 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4779 template<typename T1> 4780 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4781 unsigned DiagID, 4782 const T1 &Arg1) { 4783 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4784 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4785 } 4786 4787 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4788 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4789 unsigned DiagID, 4790 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4791 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4792 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4793 } 4794 4795 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4796 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4797 unsigned DiagID, 4798 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4799 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4800 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4801 } 4802 4803 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4804 4805 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4806 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4807 4808 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4809 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4810 // 4811 4812 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4813 4814 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4815 4816 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4817 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4818 // 4819 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4820 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4821 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4822 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4823 4824 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4825 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4826 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4827 4828 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4829 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4830 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4831 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4832 ParsedType ObjectType, 4833 bool EnteringContext, 4834 TemplateTy &Template, 4835 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4836 4837 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4838 SourceLocation IILoc, 4839 Scope *S, 4840 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4841 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4842 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4843 4844 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4845 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4846 4847 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4848 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4849 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4850 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4851 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4852 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4853 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4854 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4855 4856 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4857 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4858 unsigned Depth, 4859 unsigned Position, 4860 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4861 Expr *DefaultArg); 4862 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4863 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4864 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4865 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4866 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4867 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4868 unsigned Depth, 4869 unsigned Position, 4870 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4871 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4872 4873 TemplateParameterList * 4874 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4875 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4876 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4877 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4878 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4879 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4880 4881 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4882 /// list. 4883 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4884 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4885 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4886 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4887 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4888 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4889 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4890 }; 4891 4892 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4893 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4894 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4895 TemplateParameterList * 4896 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4897 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4898 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4899 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4900 unsigned NumParamLists, 4901 bool IsFriend, 4902 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4903 bool &Invalid); 4904 4905 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4906 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4907 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4908 AttributeList *Attr, 4909 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4910 AccessSpecifier AS, 4911 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4912 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4913 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4914 4915 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4916 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4917 4918 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4919 4920 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4921 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4922 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4923 4924 TypeResult 4925 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4926 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4927 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4928 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4929 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4930 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4931 4932 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4933 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4934 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4935 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4936 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4937 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4938 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4939 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4940 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4941 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4942 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4943 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4944 4945 4946 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4947 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4948 LookupResult &R, 4949 bool RequiresADL, 4950 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4951 4952 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4953 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4954 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4956 4957 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4958 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4959 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4960 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4961 ParsedType ObjectType, 4962 bool EnteringContext, 4963 TemplateTy &Template); 4964 4965 DeclResult 4966 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4967 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4968 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4969 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4970 TemplateTy Template, 4971 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4972 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4973 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4974 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4975 AttributeList *Attr, 4976 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4977 4978 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4979 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4980 Declarator &D); 4981 4982 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4983 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4984 Declarator &D); 4985 4986 bool 4987 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4988 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4989 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4990 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4991 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4992 bool &SuppressNew); 4993 4994 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4995 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4996 LookupResult &Previous); 4997 4998 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4999 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5000 LookupResult &Previous); 5001 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5002 5003 DeclResult 5004 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5005 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5006 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5007 unsigned TagSpec, 5008 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5009 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5010 TemplateTy Template, 5011 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5012 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5013 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5014 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5015 AttributeList *Attr); 5016 5017 DeclResult 5018 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5019 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5020 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5021 unsigned TagSpec, 5022 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5023 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5024 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5025 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5026 AttributeList *Attr); 5027 5028 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5029 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5030 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5031 Declarator &D); 5032 5033 TemplateArgumentLoc 5034 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5035 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5036 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5037 Decl *Param, 5038 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5039 5040 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5041 /// argument is being checked. 5042 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5043 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5044 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5045 CTAK_Specified, 5046 5047 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5048 /// deduction. 5049 CTAK_Deduced, 5050 5051 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5052 /// via template argument deduction. 5053 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5054 }; 5055 5056 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5057 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5058 NamedDecl *Template, 5059 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5060 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5061 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5062 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5063 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5064 5065 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5066 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5067 /// 5068 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5069 /// provided. 5070 /// 5071 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5072 /// 5073 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5074 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5075 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5076 /// arguments. 5077 /// 5078 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5079 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5080 /// set of template arguments. 5081 /// 5082 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5083 /// arguments. 5084 /// 5085 /// 5086 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5087 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5088 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5089 /// 5090 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5091 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5092 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5093 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5094 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5095 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5096 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5097 5098 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5099 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5100 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5101 5102 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5103 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5104 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5105 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5106 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5107 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5108 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5109 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5110 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5111 5112 ExprResult 5113 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5114 QualType ParamType, 5115 SourceLocation Loc); 5116 ExprResult 5117 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5118 SourceLocation Loc); 5119 5120 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5121 /// for equality. 5122 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5123 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5124 /// that might be redeclarations. 5125 /// 5126 /// \code 5127 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5128 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5129 /// \endcode 5130 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5131 5132 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5133 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5134 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5135 /// 5136 /// \code 5137 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5138 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5139 /// \endcode 5140 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5141 5142 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5143 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5144 /// template parameter. 5145 /// 5146 /// \code 5147 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5148 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5149 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5150 /// \endcode 5151 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5152 }; 5153 5154 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5155 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5156 bool Complain, 5157 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5158 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5159 = SourceLocation()); 5160 5161 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5162 5163 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5164 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5165 /// 5166 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5167 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5168 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5169 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5170 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5171 TypeResult 5172 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5174 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5175 5176 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5177 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5178 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5179 /// 5180 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5181 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5182 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5183 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5184 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5185 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5186 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5187 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5188 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5189 TypeResult 5190 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5191 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5192 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5193 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5194 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5195 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5196 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5197 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5198 5199 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5200 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5201 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5203 SourceLocation IILoc); 5204 5205 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5206 SourceLocation Loc, 5207 DeclarationName Name); 5208 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5209 5210 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5211 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5212 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5213 5214 std::string 5215 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5216 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5217 5218 std::string 5219 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5220 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5221 unsigned NumArgs); 5222 5223 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5224 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5225 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5226 5227 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5228 /// being diagnosed. 5229 /// 5230 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5231 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5232 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5233 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5234 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5235 5236 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5237 UPPC_BaseType, 5238 5239 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5240 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5241 5242 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5243 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5244 5245 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5246 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5247 5248 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5249 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5250 5251 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5252 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5253 5254 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5255 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5256 5257 /// \brief A using declaration. 5258 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5259 5260 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5261 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5262 5263 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5264 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5265 5266 /// \brief An initializer. 5267 UPPC_Initializer, 5268 5269 /// \brief A default argument. 5270 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5271 5272 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5273 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5274 5275 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5276 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5277 5278 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5279 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5280 5281 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5282 UPPC_IfExists, 5283 5284 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5285 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5286 5287 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5288 UPPC_Lambda, 5289 5290 /// \brief Block expression, 5291 UPPC_Block 5292}; 5293 5294 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5295 /// 5296 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5299 /// parameter packs. 5300 /// 5301 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5302 /// 5303 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5304 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5305 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5306 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5307 5308 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5309 /// diagnose the error. 5310 /// 5311 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5312 /// 5313 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5314 /// packs. 5315 /// 5316 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5317 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5318 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5319 5320 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5321 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5322 /// 5323 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5324 /// parameter packs. 5325 /// 5326 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5327 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5328 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5329 5330 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5331 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5332 /// 5333 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5334 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5335 /// 5336 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5337 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5338 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5339 5340 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5341 /// diagnose the error. 5342 /// 5343 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5344 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5345 /// 5346 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5347 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5348 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5349 5350 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5351 /// diagnose the error. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5354 /// 5355 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5356 /// parameter packs. 5357 /// 5358 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5359 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5360 TemplateName Template, 5361 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5362 5363 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5364 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5365 /// 5366 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5367 /// parameter packs. 5368 /// 5369 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5370 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5371 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5372 5373 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5374 /// template argument. 5375 /// 5376 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5377 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5378 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5379 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5380 5381 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5382 /// template argument. 5383 /// 5384 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5385 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5386 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5387 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5388 5389 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5390 /// type. 5391 /// 5392 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5393 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5394 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5395 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5396 5397 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5398 /// type. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5401 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5402 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5403 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5404 5405 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5406 /// nested-name-specifier. 5407 /// 5408 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5409 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5410 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5411 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5412 5413 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5414 /// name. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5417 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5418 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5419 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5420 5421 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5422 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5423 /// 5424 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5425 /// may already be invalid. 5426 /// 5427 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5428 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5429 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5430 5431 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5432 /// creates a pack expansion. 5433 /// 5434 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5435 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5436 /// 5437 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5438 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5439 5440 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5441 /// expansion. 5442 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5443 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5444 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5445 5446 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5447 /// expansion. 5448 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5449 SourceRange PatternRange, 5450 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5451 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5452 5453 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5454 /// creates a pack expansion. 5455 /// 5456 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5457 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5458 /// 5459 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5460 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5461 5462 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5463 /// creates a pack expansion. 5464 /// 5465 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5466 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5467 /// 5468 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5469 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5470 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5471 5472 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5473 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5474 /// transforming the pattern. 5475 /// 5476 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5477 /// pack expansion. 5478 /// 5479 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5480 /// the pack expansion. 5481 /// 5482 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5483 /// pattern. 5484 /// 5485 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5486 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5487 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5488 /// 5489 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5490 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5491 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5492 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5493 /// 5494 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5495 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5496 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5497 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5498 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5499 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5500 /// set this value in other cases. 5501 /// 5502 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5503 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5504 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5505 /// must be set. 5506 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5507 SourceRange PatternRange, 5508 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5509 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5510 bool &ShouldExpand, 5511 bool &RetainExpansion, 5512 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5513 5514 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5515 /// type. 5516 /// 5517 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5518 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5519 /// 5520 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5521 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5522 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5523 5524 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5525 /// parameter packs. 5526 /// 5527 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5528 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5529 /// 5530 /// \code 5531 /// void f(T...); 5532 /// \endcode 5533 /// 5534 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5535 /// a variadic function. 5536 /// 5537 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5538 /// false otherwise. 5539 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5540 5541 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5542 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5543 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5544 5545 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5546 /// 5547 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5548 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5549 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5550 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5551 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5552 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5553 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5554 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5555 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5556 TDK_Success = 0, 5557 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5558 TDK_Invalid, 5559 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5560 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5561 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5562 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5563 /// for every template parameter. 5564 TDK_Incomplete, 5565 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5566 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5567 TDK_Inconsistent, 5568 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5569 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5570 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5571 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5572 TDK_Underqualified, 5573 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5574 /// resulted in an error. 5575 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5576 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5577 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5578 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5579 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5580 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5581 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5582 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5583 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5584 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5585 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5586 /// template arguments for the given template. 5587 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5588 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5589 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5590 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5591 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5592 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5593 }; 5594 5595 TemplateDeductionResult 5596 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5597 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5598 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5599 5600 TemplateDeductionResult 5601 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5602 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5603 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5604 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5605 QualType *FunctionType, 5606 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5607 5608 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5609 // deduction for a call. 5610 struct OriginalCallArg { 5611 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5612 unsigned ArgIdx, 5613 QualType OriginalArgType) 5614 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5615 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5616 5617 QualType OriginalParamType; 5618 unsigned ArgIdx; 5619 QualType OriginalArgType; 5620 }; 5621 5622 TemplateDeductionResult 5623 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5624 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5625 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5626 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5627 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5628 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5629 5630 TemplateDeductionResult 5631 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5632 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5633 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5634 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5635 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5636 5637 TemplateDeductionResult 5638 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5639 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5640 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5641 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5642 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5643 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5644 5645 TemplateDeductionResult 5646 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5647 QualType ToType, 5648 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5649 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5650 5651 TemplateDeductionResult 5652 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5653 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5654 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5655 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5656 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5657 5658 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5659 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5660 DAR_Succeeded, 5661 DAR_Failed, 5662 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5663 }; 5664 5665 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5666 QualType &Result); 5667 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5668 QualType &Result); 5669 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5670 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5671 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5672 bool Diagnose = true); 5673 5674 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5675 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5676 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5677 5678 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5679 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5680 SourceLocation Loc, 5681 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5682 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5683 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5684 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5685 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5686 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5687 SourceLocation Loc, 5688 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5689 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5690 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5691 bool Complain = true, 5692 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5693 5694 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5695 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5696 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5697 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5698 SourceLocation Loc); 5699 5700 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5701 bool OnlyDeduced, 5702 unsigned Depth, 5703 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5704 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5705 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5706 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5707 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5708 } 5709 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5710 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5711 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5712 5713 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5714 // C++ Template Instantiation 5715 // 5716 5717 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5718 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5719 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5720 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5721 5722 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5723 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5724 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5725 enum InstantiationKind { 5726 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5727 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5728 TemplateInstantiation, 5729 5730 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5731 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5732 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5733 /// arguments as specified. 5734 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5735 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5736 5737 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5738 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5739 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5740 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5741 5742 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5743 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5744 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5745 5746 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5747 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5748 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5749 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5750 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5751 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5752 5753 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5754 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5755 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5756 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5757 5758 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5759 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5760 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5761 5762 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5763 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5764 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5765 } Kind; 5766 5767 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5768 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5769 5770 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5771 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5772 /// arguments. 5773 NamedDecl *Template; 5774 5775 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5776 Decl *Entity; 5777 5778 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5779 /// are not part of the entity. 5780 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5781 5782 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5783 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5784 5785 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5786 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5787 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5788 5789 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5790 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5791 /// template instantiation. 5792 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5793 5794 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5795 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5796 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5797 5798 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5799 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5800 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5801 5802 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5803 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5804 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5805 return false; 5806 5807 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5808 return false; 5809 5810 switch (X.Kind) { 5811 case TemplateInstantiation: 5812 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5813 return true; 5814 5815 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5816 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5817 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 // Fall through 5821 5822 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5823 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5824 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5825 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5826 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5827 5828 } 5829 5830 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5831 } 5832 5833 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5834 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5835 return !(X == Y); 5836 } 5837 }; 5838 5839 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5840 /// 5841 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5842 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5843 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5844 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5845 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5846 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5847 5848 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5849 /// template instantiation. 5850 /// 5851 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5852 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5853 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5854 5855 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5856 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5857 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5858 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5859 5860 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5861 /// error or warning was produced. 5862 /// 5863 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5864 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5865 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5866 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5867 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5868 5869 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5870 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5871 /// 5872 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5873 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5874 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5875 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5876 5877 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5878 /// within a \c Sema object. 5879 /// 5880 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5881 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5882 Sema &Self; 5883 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5884 5885 public: 5886 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5887 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5888 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5889 } 5890 5891 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5892 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5893 } 5894 }; 5895 5896 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5897 5898 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5899 /// 5900 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5901 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5902 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5903 5904 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5905 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5906 /// deduction. 5907 /// 5908 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5909 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5910 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5911 5912 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5913 /// instantiation. 5914 /// 5915 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5916 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5917 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5918 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5919 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5920 /// 5921 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5922 /// the stack. 5923 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5924 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5925 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5926 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5927 Decl *Entity, 5928 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5929 5930 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5931 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5932 /// of a function template. 5933 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5934 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5935 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5936 5937 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5938 /// template-id. 5939 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5940 TemplateDecl *Template, 5941 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5942 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5943 5944 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5945 /// template-id. 5946 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5947 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5948 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5949 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5950 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5951 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5952 5953 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5954 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5955 /// specialization. 5956 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5957 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5958 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5959 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5960 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5961 5962 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5963 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5964 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5965 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5966 5967 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5968 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5969 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5970 NamedDecl *Template, 5971 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5972 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5973 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5974 5975 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5976 NamedDecl *Template, 5977 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5978 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5979 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5980 5981 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5982 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5983 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5984 TemplateDecl *Template, 5985 NamedDecl *Param, 5986 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5987 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5988 5989 5990 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5991 void Clear(); 5992 5993 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5994 5995 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5996 /// recursive template instantiations. 5997 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5998 5999 private: 6000 Sema &SemaRef; 6001 bool Invalid; 6002 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6003 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6004 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6005 6006 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6007 6008 InstantiatingTemplate& 6009 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6010 }; 6011 6012 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6013 6014 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6015 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6016 /// errors. 6017 /// 6018 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6019 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6020 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6021 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6022 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6023 6024 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6025 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6026 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6027 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6028 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6029 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6030 } 6031 6032 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6033 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6034 /// deduction.` 6035 class SFINAETrap { 6036 Sema &SemaRef; 6037 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6038 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6039 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6040 6041 public: 6042 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6043 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6044 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6045 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6046 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6047 { 6048 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6049 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6050 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6051 } 6052 6053 ~SFINAETrap() { 6054 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6055 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6056 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6057 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6058 } 6059 6060 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6061 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6062 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6063 } 6064 }; 6065 6066 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6067 /// variables. 6068 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6069 6070 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6071 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6072 6073 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6074 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6075 6076 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6077 /// name lookup. 6078 /// 6079 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6080 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6081 /// string represents a keyword. 6082 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6083 6084 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6085 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6086 6087 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6088 /// 6089 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6090 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6091 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6092 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6093 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6094 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6095 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6096 6097 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6098 /// but have not yet been performed. 6099 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6100 6101 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6102 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6103 /// 6104 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6105 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6106 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6107 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6108 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6109 6110 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6111 6112 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6113 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6114 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6115 6116 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6117 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6118 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6119 6120 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6121 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6122 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6123 6124 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6125 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6126 SourceLocation Loc, 6127 DeclarationName Entity, 6128 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6129 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6130 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6131 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6132 int indexAdjustment, 6133 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6134 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6135 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6136 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6138 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6139 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6140 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6141 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6142 6143 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6144 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6145 /// 6146 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6147 /// 6148 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6149 /// 6150 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6151 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6152 /// 6153 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6154 /// 6155 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6156 /// 6157 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6158 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6159 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6160 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6161 6162 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6163 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6164 6165 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6166 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6167 6168 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6169 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6170 bool CXXDirectInit); 6171 6172 bool 6173 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6174 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6175 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6176 6177 bool 6178 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6179 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6180 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6181 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6182 bool Complain = true); 6183 6184 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6185 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6186 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6187 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6188 6189 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6190 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6191 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6192 Decl *NewDecl; 6193 6194 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6195 Decl *D) 6196 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6197 { } 6198 }; 6199 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6200 6201 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6202 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6203 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6204 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6205 6206 bool 6207 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6208 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6209 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6210 bool Complain = true); 6211 6212 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6213 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6214 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6215 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6216 6217 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6218 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6219 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6220 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6221 6222 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6223 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6225 6226 DeclarationNameInfo 6227 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6228 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6229 TemplateName 6230 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6231 SourceLocation Loc, 6232 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6233 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6234 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6235 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6236 6237 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6238 FunctionDecl *Function); 6239 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6240 FunctionDecl *Function, 6241 bool Recursive = false, 6242 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6243 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6244 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6245 VarDecl *Var, 6246 bool Recursive = false, 6247 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6248 6249 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6250 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6251 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6252 6253 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6254 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6255 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6256 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6257 6258 // Objective-C declarations. 6259 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6260 OCK_None = -1, 6261 OCK_Interface = 0, 6262 OCK_Protocol, 6263 OCK_Category, 6264 OCK_ClassExtension, 6265 OCK_Implementation, 6266 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6267 }; 6268 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6269 6270 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6271 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6272 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6273 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6274 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6275 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6276 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6277 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6278 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6279 AttributeList *AttrList); 6280 6281 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6282 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6283 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6284 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6285 6286 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6287 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6288 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6289 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6290 6291 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6292 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6293 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6294 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6295 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6296 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6297 AttributeList *AttrList); 6298 6299 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6300 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6301 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6302 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6303 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6304 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6305 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6306 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6307 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6308 6309 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6310 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6311 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6312 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6313 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6314 6315 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6316 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6317 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6318 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6319 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6320 6321 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6322 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6323 6324 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6325 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6326 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6327 unsigned NumElts); 6328 6329 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6330 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6331 unsigned NumElts, 6332 AttributeList *attrList); 6333 6334 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6335 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6336 unsigned NumProtocols, 6337 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6338 6339 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6340 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6341 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6342 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6343 SourceLocation Loc, 6344 unsigned &Attributes, 6345 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6346 6347 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6348 /// setters and getters as needed. 6349 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6350 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6351 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6352 /// in class extension. 6353 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6354 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6355 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6356 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6357 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6358 6359 6360 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6361 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6362 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6363 6364 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6365 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6366 6367 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6368 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6369 6370 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6371 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6372 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6373 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6374 6375 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6376 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6377 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6378 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6379 bool *OverridingProperty, 6380 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6381 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6382 6383 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6384 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6385 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6386 bool ImplKind, 6387 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6388 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6389 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6390 6391 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6392 OSMK_None, 6393 OSMK_Alloc, 6394 OSMK_New, 6395 OSMK_Copy, 6396 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6397 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6398 }; 6399 6400 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6401 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6402 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6403 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6404 // in this case. 6405 ParsedType Type; 6406 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6407 6408 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6409 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6410 }; 6411 6412 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6413 Scope *S, 6414 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6415 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6416 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6417 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6418 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6419 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6420 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6421 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6422 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6423 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6424 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6425 6426 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6427 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6428 bool IsInstance); 6429 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6430 bool IsInstance); 6431 6432 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6433 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6434 6435 ExprResult 6436 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6437 Expr *BaseExpr, 6438 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6439 DeclarationName MemberName, 6440 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6441 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6442 bool Super); 6443 6444 ExprResult 6445 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6446 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6447 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6448 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6449 6450 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6451 6452 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6453 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6454 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6455 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6456 ObjCSuperMessage, 6457 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6458 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6459 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6460 /// name. 6461 ObjCClassMessage 6462 }; 6463 6464 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6465 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6466 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6467 bool IsSuper, 6468 bool HasTrailingDot, 6469 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6470 6471 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6472 Selector Sel, 6473 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6474 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6475 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6476 MultiExprArg Args); 6477 6478 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6479 QualType ReceiverType, 6480 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6481 Selector Sel, 6482 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6483 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6484 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6485 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6486 MultiExprArg Args, 6487 bool isImplicit = false); 6488 6489 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6490 bool isSuperReceiver, 6491 SourceLocation Loc, 6492 Selector Sel, 6493 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6494 MultiExprArg Args); 6495 6496 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6497 ParsedType Receiver, 6498 Selector Sel, 6499 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6500 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6501 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6502 MultiExprArg Args); 6503 6504 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6505 QualType ReceiverType, 6506 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6507 Selector Sel, 6508 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6509 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6510 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6511 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6512 MultiExprArg Args, 6513 bool isImplicit = false); 6514 6515 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6516 QualType ReceiverType, 6517 SourceLocation Loc, 6518 Selector Sel, 6519 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6520 MultiExprArg Args); 6521 6522 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6523 Expr *Receiver, 6524 Selector Sel, 6525 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6526 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6527 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6528 MultiExprArg Args); 6529 6530 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6531 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6532 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6533 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6534 Expr *SubExpr); 6535 6536 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6537 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6538 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6539 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6540 ParsedType Type, 6541 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6542 Expr *SubExpr); 6543 6544 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6545 6546 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6547 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6548 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6549 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6550 6551 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6552 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6553 RTC_Compatible, 6554 RTC_Incompatible, 6555 RTC_Unknown 6556 }; 6557 6558 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6559 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6560 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6561 6562 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6563 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6564 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6565 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6566 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6567 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6568 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6569 }; 6570 6571 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6572 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6573 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6574 6575 enum PragmaPackKind { 6576 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6577 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6578 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6579 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6580 }; 6581 6582 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6583 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6584 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6585 }; 6586 6587 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6588 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6589 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6590 Expr *Alignment, 6591 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6592 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6593 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6594 6595 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6596 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6597 6598 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6599 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6600 Scope *curScope, 6601 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6602 6603 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6604 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6605 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6606 6607 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6608 SourceLocation Loc); 6609 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6610 6611 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6612 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6613 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6614 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6615 6616 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6617 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6618 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6619 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6620 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6621 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6622 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6623 6624 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6625 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6626 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6627 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6628 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6629 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6630 6631 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6632 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6633 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6634 6635 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6636 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6637 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6638 6639 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6640 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6641 6642 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6643 void FreePackedContext(); 6644 6645 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6646 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6647 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6648 SourceLocation Loc); 6649 6650 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6651 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6652 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6653 6654 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6655 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6656 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6657 6658 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6659 void FreeVisContext(); 6660 6661 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6662 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6663 /// the appropriate attribute. 6664 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6665 6666 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6667 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6668 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6669 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6670 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6671 6672 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6673 6674 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6675 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6676 SourceLocation Loc, 6677 Scope *CurScope, 6678 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6679 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6680 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6681 SourceLocation Loc, 6682 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6683 6684 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6685 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6686 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6687 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6688 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6689 CCK_CStyleCast, 6690 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6691 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6692 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6693 CCK_OtherCast 6694 }; 6695 6696 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6697 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6698 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6699 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6700 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6701 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6702 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6703 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6704 6705 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6706 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6707 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6708 6709 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6710 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6711 /// required. 6712 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6713 6714 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6715 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6716 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6717 6718 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6719 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6720 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6721 6722 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6723 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6724 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6725 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6726 6727 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6728 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6729 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6730 // type. 6731 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6732 6733 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6734 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6735 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6736 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6737 6738 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6739 enum VariadicCallType { 6740 VariadicFunction, 6741 VariadicBlock, 6742 VariadicMethod, 6743 VariadicConstructor, 6744 VariadicDoesNotApply 6745 }; 6746 6747 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6748 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6749 Expr *Fn); 6750 6751 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6752 // vararg function. 6753 enum VarArgKind { 6754 VAK_Valid, 6755 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6756 VAK_Invalid 6757 }; 6758 6759 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6760 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6761 6762 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6763 /// form of call prototypes. 6764 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6765 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6766 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6767 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6768 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6769 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6770 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6771 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6772 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6773 6774 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6775 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6776 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6777 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6778 6779 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6780 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6781 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6782 6783 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6784 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6785 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6786 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6787 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6788 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6789 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6790 6791 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6792 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6793 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6794 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6795 /// source and destination type. 6796 enum AssignConvertType { 6797 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6798 Compatible, 6799 6800 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6801 /// accept as an extension. 6802 PointerToInt, 6803 6804 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6805 /// accept as an extension. 6806 IntToPointer, 6807 6808 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6809 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6810 FunctionVoidPointer, 6811 6812 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6813 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6814 IncompatiblePointer, 6815 6816 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6817 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6818 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6819 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6820 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6821 6822 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6823 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6824 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6825 6826 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6827 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6828 /// like address spaces. 6829 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6830 6831 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6832 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6833 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6834 /// extension. 6835 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6836 6837 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6838 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6839 IncompatibleVectors, 6840 6841 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6842 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6843 IntToBlockPointer, 6844 6845 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6846 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6847 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6848 6849 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6850 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6851 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6852 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6853 6854 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6855 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6856 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6857 6858 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6859 /// represent it in the AST. 6860 Incompatible 6861 }; 6862 6863 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6864 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6865 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6866 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6867 SourceLocation Loc, 6868 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6869 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6870 bool *Complained = 0); 6871 6872 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6873 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6874 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6875 Expr *SrcExpr); 6876 6877 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6878 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6879 /// C99 6.5.16. 6880 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6881 QualType LHSType, 6882 QualType RHSType); 6883 6884 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6885 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6886 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6887 ExprResult &RHS, 6888 CastKind &Kind); 6889 6890 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6891 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6892 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6893 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6894 ExprResult &RHS, 6895 bool Diagnose = true); 6896 6897 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6898 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6899 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6900 ExprResult &RHS); 6901 6902 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6903 6904 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6905 6906 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6907 AssignmentAction Action, 6908 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6909 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6910 AssignmentAction Action, 6911 bool AllowExplicit, 6912 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6913 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6914 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6915 AssignmentAction Action, 6916 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6917 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6918 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6919 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6920 AssignmentAction Action, 6921 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6922 6923 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6924 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6925 6926 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6927 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6928 ExprResult &RHS); 6929 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6930 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6931 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6932 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6933 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6934 bool IsDivide); 6935 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6936 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6937 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6938 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6939 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6940 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6941 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6942 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6943 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6944 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6945 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6946 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6947 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6948 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6949 bool isRelational); 6950 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6951 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6952 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6953 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6954 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6955 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6956 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6957 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6958 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6959 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6960 6961 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6962 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6963 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6964 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6965 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6966 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6967 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6968 6969 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6970 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6971 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6972 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6973 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6974 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6975 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6976 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6977 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6978 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6979 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6980 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6981 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6982 NonStandardCompositeType); 6983 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6984 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6985 return Composite; 6986 } 6987 6988 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6989 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6990 6991 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6992 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6993 6994 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6995 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6996 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6997 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6998 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6999 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7000 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7001 SourceLocation Loc); 7002 7003 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7004 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7005 7006 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7007 7008 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7009 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7010 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7011 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7012 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7013 /// reference binding is not possible. 7014 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7015 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7016 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7017 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7018 Ref_Related, 7019 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7020 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7021 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7022 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7023 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7024 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7025 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7026 Ref_Compatible 7027 }; 7028 7029 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7030 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7031 bool &DerivedToBase, 7032 bool &ObjCConversion, 7033 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7034 7035 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7036 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7037 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7038 7039 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7040 /// given type. 7041 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7042 7043 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7044 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7045 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7046 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7047 7048 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7049 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7050 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7051 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7052 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7053 CastKind &Kind); 7054 7055 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7056 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7057 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7058 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7059 // returns the cast expr 7060 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7061 CastKind &Kind); 7062 7063 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7064 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7065 Expr *CastExpr, 7066 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7067 7068 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7069 7070 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7071 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7072 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7073 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7074 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7075 7076 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7077 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7078 7079 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7080 QualType ExprType); 7081 7082 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7083 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7084 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7085 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7086 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7087 7088 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7089 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7090 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7091 7092 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7093 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7094 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7095 7096 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7097 /// \param Method - May be null. 7098 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7099 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7100 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7101 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7102 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7103 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7104 bool isSuperMessage, 7105 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7106 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7107 7108 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7109 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7110 /// and the form of the message send. 7111 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7112 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7113 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7114 7115 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7116 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7117 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7118 7119 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7120 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7121 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7122 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7123 7124 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7125 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7126 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7127 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7128 /// 7129 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7130 /// 'if' keyword. 7131 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7132 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7133 7134 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7135 Expr *SubExpr); 7136 7137 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7138 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7139 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7140 7141 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7142 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7143 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7144 7145 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7146 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7147 7148 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7149 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7150 /// the specified diagnostic. 7151 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7152 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7153 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7154 7155 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7156 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7157 /// in the global scope. 7158 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7159 7160 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7161 /// expression violations. 7162 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7163 public: 7164 bool Suppress; 7165 7166 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7167 7168 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7169 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7170 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7171 }; 7172 7173 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7174 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7175 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7176 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7177 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7178 bool AllowFold = true); 7179 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7180 unsigned DiagID, 7181 bool AllowFold = true); 7182 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7183 7184 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7185 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7186 /// Returns false on success. 7187 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7188 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7189 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7190 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7191 7192 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7193 CFT_Device, 7194 CFT_Global, 7195 CFT_Host, 7196 CFT_HostDevice 7197 }; 7198 7199 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7200 7201 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7202 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7203 7204 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7205 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7206 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7207 } 7208 7209 /// \name Code completion 7210 //@{ 7211 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7212 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7213 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7214 PCC_Namespace, 7215 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7216 PCC_Class, 7217 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7218 /// or category. 7219 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7220 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7221 /// category implementation 7222 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7223 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7224 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7225 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7226 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7227 /// headers. 7228 PCC_Template, 7229 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7230 /// headers within a class. 7231 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7232 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7233 PCC_Expression, 7234 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7235 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7236 PCC_Statement, 7237 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7238 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7239 PCC_ForInit, 7240 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7241 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7242 PCC_Condition, 7243 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7244 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7245 /// in the grammar. 7246 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7247 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7248 PCC_Type, 7249 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7250 /// might also be a type cast. 7251 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7252 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7253 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7254 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7255 }; 7256 7257 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7258 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7259 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7260 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7261 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7262 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7263 7264 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7265 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7266 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7267 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7268 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7269 bool IsArrow); 7270 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7271 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7272 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7273 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7274 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7275 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7276 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7277 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7278 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7279 7280 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7281 bool EnteringContext); 7282 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7283 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7284 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7285 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7286 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7287 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7288 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7289 unsigned NumInitializers); 7290 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7291 bool AfterAmpersand); 7292 7293 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7294 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7295 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7296 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7297 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7298 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7299 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7300 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7301 bool IsParameter); 7302 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7303 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7304 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7305 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7306 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7307 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7308 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7309 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7310 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7311 bool IsSuper = false); 7312 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7313 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7314 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7315 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7316 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7317 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7318 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7319 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7320 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7321 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7322 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7323 unsigned NumProtocols); 7324 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7325 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7326 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7327 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7328 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7329 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7330 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7331 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7332 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7333 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7334 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7335 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7336 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7337 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7338 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7339 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7340 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7341 ParsedType ReturnType); 7342 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7343 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7344 bool AtParameterName, 7345 ParsedType ReturnType, 7346 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7347 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7348 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7349 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7350 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7351 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7352 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7353 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7354 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7355 unsigned Argument); 7356 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7357 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7358 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7359 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7360 //@} 7361 7362 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7363 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7364 7365public: 7366 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7367 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7368 7369private: 7370 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7371 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7372 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7373 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7374 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7375 // FunctionDeclaration. 7376 struct FormatStringInfo { 7377 unsigned FormatIdx; 7378 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7379 bool HasVAListArg; 7380 }; 7381 7382 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7383 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7384 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7385 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7386 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7387 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7388 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7389 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7390 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7391 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7392 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7393 SourceLocation Loc); 7394 7395 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7396 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7397 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7398 VariadicCallType CallType); 7399 7400 7401 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7402 7403 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7404 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7405 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7406 7407 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7408 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7409 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7410 7411public: 7412 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7413 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7414 7415private: 7416 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7417 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7418 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7419 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7420 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7421 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7422 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7423 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7424 7425 enum FormatStringType { 7426 FST_Scanf, 7427 FST_Printf, 7428 FST_NSString, 7429 FST_Strftime, 7430 FST_Strfmon, 7431 FST_Kprintf, 7432 FST_Unknown 7433 }; 7434 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7435 7436 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7437 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7438 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7439 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7440 }; 7441 7442 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7443 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7444 bool HasVAListArg, 7445 unsigned format_idx, 7446 unsigned firstDataArg, 7447 FormatStringType Type, 7448 VariadicCallType CallType, 7449 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7450 7451 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7452 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7453 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7454 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7455 VariadicCallType CallType); 7456 7457 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7458 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7459 bool IsCXXMember, 7460 VariadicCallType CallType, 7461 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7462 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7463 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7464 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7465 VariadicCallType CallType, 7466 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7467 7468 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7469 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7470 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7471 7472 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7473 unsigned BId, 7474 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7475 7476 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7477 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7478 7479 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7480 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7481 7482 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7483 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7484 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7485 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7486 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7487 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7488 7489 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7490 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7491 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7492 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7493 7494 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7495 Expr *Init); 7496 7497public: 7498 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7499 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7500 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7501 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7502 7503 struct TypeTagData { 7504 TypeTagData() {} 7505 7506 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7507 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7508 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7509 {} 7510 7511 QualType Type; 7512 7513 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7514 /// layout-compatibility. 7515 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7516 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7517 }; 7518 7519 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7520 /// identifies the magic value. 7521 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7522 7523private: 7524 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7525 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7526 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7527 7528 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7529 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7530 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7531 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7532 7533 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7534 /// 7535 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7536 Scope *CurScope; 7537 7538 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7539 7540protected: 7541 friend class Parser; 7542 friend class InitializationSequence; 7543 friend class ASTReader; 7544 friend class ASTWriter; 7545 7546public: 7547 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7548 /// 7549 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7550 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7551 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7552 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7553 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7554 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7555 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7556 7557 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7558 7559 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7560 7561 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7562 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7563 } 7564 7565 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7566 7567 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7568 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7569 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7570 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7571 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7572 return DC; 7573 } 7574}; 7575 7576/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7577class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7578 Sema &Actions; 7579 7580public: 7581 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7582 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7583 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7584 bool IsDecltype = false) 7585 : Actions(Actions) { 7586 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7587 IsDecltype); 7588 } 7589 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7590 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7591 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7592 bool IsDecltype = false) 7593 : Actions(Actions) { 7594 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7595 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7596 IsDecltype); 7597 } 7598 7599 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7600 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7601 } 7602}; 7603 7604} // end namespace clang 7605 7606#endif 7607